blob: 2055a09a30ef18ad46eb6e30b9f7773c4cfc0257 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Performance tuning
388 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100389 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390 - noepoll
391 - nokqueue
392 - nopoll
393 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100394 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200395 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200396 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100397 - tune.maxaccept
398 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200399 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200400
401 * Debugging
402 - debug
403 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200404
405
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004063.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200407------------------------------------
408
409chroot <jail dir>
410 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
411 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
412 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
413 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
414 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
415 empty and unwritable to anyone.
416
417daemon
418 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
419 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
420 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
421
422gid <number>
423 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
424 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
425 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
426 See also "group" and "uid".
427
428group <group name>
429 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
430 See also "gid" and "user".
431
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200432log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200433 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
434 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100435 configured with "log global".
436
437 <address> can be one of:
438
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100439 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100440 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
441 port).
442
443 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
444 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
445 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
446 writeable).
447
448 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200449
450 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
451 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
452 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
453
454 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200455 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
456 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
457 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
458 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
459 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
460 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200461
462 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
463
464nbproc <number>
465 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
466 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
467 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
468 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
469 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
470
471pidfile <pidfile>
472 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
473 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
474 starting the process. See also "daemon".
475
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200476stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
477 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
478 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
479 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100480 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
481 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
482 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
483 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100484
485 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
486 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
487 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
488 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
489 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
490 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
491 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200492
493stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
494 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
495 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100496 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200497
498stats maxconn <connections>
499 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
500 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
501
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200502uid <number>
503 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
504 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
505 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
506 one. See also "gid" and "user".
507
508ulimit-n <number>
509 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
510 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
511 option.
512
513user <user name>
514 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
515 See also "uid" and "group".
516
517
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005183.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200519-----------------------
520
521maxconn <number>
522 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
523 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
524 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
525 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
526
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100527maxpipes <number>
528 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
529 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
530 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
531 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
532 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
533 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
534
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535noepoll
536 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
537 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
538 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
539
540nokqueue
541 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
542 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
543 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
544
545nopoll
546 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
547 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100548 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200549 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
550 "nokqueue".
551
552nosepoll
553 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
554 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
555 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
556
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100557nosplice
558 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
559 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
560 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
561 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
562 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
563 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
564 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
565 "option splice-response".
566
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200567spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
568 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
569 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
570 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
571 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
572 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
573
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200574tune.bufsize <number>
575 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
576 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
577 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
578 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
579 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
580 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
581 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
582 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
583
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100584tune.maxaccept <number>
585 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
586 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
587 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100588 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100589 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
590 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100591 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100592 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
593
594tune.maxpollevents <number>
595 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
596 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
597 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
598 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
599 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
600
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200601tune.maxrewrite <number>
602 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
603 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
604 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
605 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
606 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
607 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
608 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
609 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
610 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
611 bufsize.
612
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200613
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006143.3. Debugging
615--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200616
617debug
618 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
619 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
620 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
621 system startup.
622
623quiet
624 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
625 line argument "-q".
626
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006284. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200629----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100630
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200631Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
632 - defaults <name>
633 - frontend <name>
634 - backend <name>
635 - listen <name>
636
637A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
638its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
639section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100640section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200641
642A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
643connections.
644
645A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
646to forward incoming connections.
647
648A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
649parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
650
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100651All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
652'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
653case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
654
655Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
656logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
657proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
658However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
659name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
660
661Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
662and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
663bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
664protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
665modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
666arbitrary criteria.
667
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100668
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006694.1. Proxy keywords matrix
670--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100671
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200672The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
673limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
674they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
675limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200676listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200677option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200678and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
679with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
680specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100681
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200682
683keyword defaults frontend listen backend
684----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
685acl - X X X
686appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100687backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100688balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200689bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100690bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100692capture cookie - X X -
693capture request header - X X -
694capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100695clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100696contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200697cookie X - X X
698default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100699disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200700dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100701enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200702errorfile X X X X
703errorloc X X X X
704errorloc302 X X X X
705errorloc303 X X X X
706fullconn X - X X
707grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100708http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200709log X X X X
710maxconn X X X -
711mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100712monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200713monitor-net X X X -
714monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100715[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200716[no] option accept-invalid-
717 http-request X X X -
718[no] option accept-invalid-
719 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100720[no] option allbackups X - X X
721[no] option checkcache X - X X
722[no] option clitcpka X X X -
723[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200724[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100725[no] option dontlognull X X X -
726[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200727option forwardfor X X X X
728option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100729[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200730option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200731[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200732[no] option log-separate-
733 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200734[no] option log-health- X - X X
735 checks
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100736[no] option logasap X X X -
737[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200738option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100739[no] option persist X - X X
740[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200741option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100742[no] option splice-auto X X X X
743[no] option splice-request X X X X
744[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100745[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200746option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200747[no] option tcp-smart-
748 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200749option tcpka X X X X
750option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100751[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200752persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100753rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200754redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100755redisp X - X X (deprecated)
756redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200757reqadd - X X X
758reqallow - X X X
759reqdel - X X X
760reqdeny - X X X
761reqiallow - X X X
762reqidel - X X X
763reqideny - X X X
764reqipass - X X X
765reqirep - X X X
766reqisetbe - X X X
767reqitarpit - X X X
768reqpass - X X X
769reqrep - X X X
770reqsetbe - X X X
771reqtarpit - X X X
772retries X - X X
773rspadd - X X X
774rspdel - X X X
775rspdeny - X X X
776rspidel - X X X
777rspideny - X X X
778rspirep - X X X
779rsprep - X X X
780server - - X X
781source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100782srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200783stats auth X - X X
784stats enable X - X X
785stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200786stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200787stats scope X - X X
788stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200789stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200790tcp-request content accept - X X -
791tcp-request content reject - X X -
792tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100793timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100794timeout client X X X -
795timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
796timeout connect X - X X
797timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200798timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100799timeout queue X - X X
800timeout server X - X X
801timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100802timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100803transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200804use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200805----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
806keyword defaults frontend listen backend
807
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100808
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008094.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
810---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100811
812This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
813
814
815acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
816 Declare or complete an access list.
817 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
818 no | yes | yes | yes
819 Example:
820 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
821 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
822 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
823
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200824 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100825
826
827appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
828 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
829 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
830 no | no | yes | yes
831 Arguments :
832 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
833 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
834
835 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
836 checked in each cookie value.
837
838 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
839 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
840 milliseconds.
841
842 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
843 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
844 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
845 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
846 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
847 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
848 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
849 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
850 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
851
852 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
853
854 Example :
855 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
856
857 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
858
859
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100860backlog <conns>
861 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
862 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
863 yes | yes | yes | no
864 Arguments :
865 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
866 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
867 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
868
869 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
870 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
871 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
872 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
873 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
874 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
875 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
876 backlog parameter.
877
878 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
879 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
880 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
881
882 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
883
884
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100885balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200886balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100887 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
888 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
889 yes | no | yes | yes
890 Arguments :
891 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
892 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
893 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
894 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
895
896 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
897 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
898 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
899 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
900 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
901
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100902 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
903 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
904 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
905 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
906 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
907 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
908 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
909 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
912 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
913 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
914 address will always reach the same server as long as no
915 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
916 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
917 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
918 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
919 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
920 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
921 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
922 fly will have no effect.
923
924 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
925 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
926 result designates which server will receive the request. This
927 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
928 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
929 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
930 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
931 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
932 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
933 effect.
934
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200935 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
936 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
937 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
938 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
939 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
940 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
941 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
942 URIs start with a leading "/".
943
944 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
945 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
946 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
947 evaluation stops when either is reached.
948
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100949 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200950 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
951
952 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
953 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
954 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
955 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
956 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
957 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
958 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
959 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
960 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
961 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
962 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
963 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
964 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
965 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
966 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
967 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
968 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
969 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
970 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
971 be randomly balanced if at all.
972
973 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
974 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
975 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
976 server will receive the request.
977
978 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
979 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
980 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
981 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
982 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
983 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
984 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100985
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100986 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
987 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
988 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
989 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
990 algorithm is applied instead.
991
992 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
993 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
994 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
995 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
996
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200997 rdp-cookie
998 rdp-cookie(name)
999 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1000 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1001 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1002 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1003 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1004 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1005 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1006 used instead.
1007
1008 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1009 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1010 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1011 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1012
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001013 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001014 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1015 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001016
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001017 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001018 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001019
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001020 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1021 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1022 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001023
1024 Examples :
1025 balance roundrobin
1026 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001027 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001028 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1029 balance hdr(host)
1030 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001031
1032 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1033 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1034
1035 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1036 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1037 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1038 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1039 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1040
1041 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1042 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1043 defaults to 16 kB.
1044
1045 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1046 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1047
1048 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1049 Round Robin.
1050
1051 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1052 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1053 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1054 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1055
1056 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1057
1058 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1059 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1060 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1061 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1062 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001063
1064 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1065
1066
1067bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001068bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001069bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001070bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001071 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1072 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1073 no | yes | yes | no
1074 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001075 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1076 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1077 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1078 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1079 special address "0.0.0.0".
1080
1081 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1082 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1083 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001084
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001085 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1086 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1087 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1088 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1089 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1090 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1091 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1092 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1093 privileges.
1094
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001095 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1096 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1097 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1098 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1099 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1100 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1101 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1102 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1103
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001104 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1105 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1106 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1107 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1108 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1109 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1110 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1111 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1112 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001113
1114 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1115 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1116 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1117 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1118 in a frontend.
1119
1120 Example :
1121 listen http_proxy
1122 bind :80,:443
1123 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1124
1125 See also : "source".
1126
1127
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001128bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1129 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1130 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1131 yes | yes | yes | yes
1132 Arguments :
1133 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1134 may be used to override a default value.
1135
1136 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1137 option may be combined with other numbers.
1138
1139 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1140 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1141 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1142 missing from all processes.
1143
1144 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1145 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1146 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1147 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1148
1149 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1150 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1151 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1152 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1153 and 'even' instances.
1154
1155 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1156 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1157 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1158 32.
1159
1160 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1161 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1162
1163 Example :
1164 listen app_ip1
1165 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1166 bind_process odd
1167
1168 listen app_ip2
1169 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1170 bind_process even
1171
1172 listen management
1173 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1174 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1175
1176 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1177
1178
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001179block { if | unless } <condition>
1180 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1181 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1182 no | yes | yes | yes
1183
1184 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1185 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001186 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001187 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1188 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1189 "block" statements per instance.
1190
1191 Example:
1192 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1193 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1194 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1195 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1196
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001197 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001198
1199
1200capture cookie <name> len <length>
1201 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1202 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1203 no | yes | yes | no
1204 Arguments :
1205 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1206 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1207 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1208 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1209 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1210
1211 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1212 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1213 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1214 right if it exceeds <length>.
1215
1216 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1217 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1218 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1219 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1220
1221 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1222 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1223 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1224
1225 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1226 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1227 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1228 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1229 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1230 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1231
1232 Example:
1233 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1234
1235 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001236 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001237
1238
1239capture request header <name> len <length>
1240 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1241 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1242 no | yes | yes | no
1243 Arguments :
1244 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001245 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001246 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1247 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1248 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1249
1250 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1251 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1252 it exceeds <length>.
1253
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001254 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001255 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1256 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001257 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1258 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1259 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1260 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1261 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1262 environments to find where the request came from.
1263
1264 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1265 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1266 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1267 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001268
1269 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1270 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1271 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1272 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1273
1274 Example:
1275 capture request header Host len 15
1276 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1277 capture request header Referrer len 15
1278
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001279 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001280 about logging.
1281
1282
1283capture response header <name> len <length>
1284 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1285 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1286 no | yes | yes | no
1287 Arguments :
1288 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001289 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001290 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1291 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1292 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1293
1294 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1295 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1296 it exceeds <length>.
1297
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001298 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001299 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1300 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1301 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001302 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1303 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1304 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1305 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001306
1307 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1308 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1309 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1310 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1311
1312 Example:
1313 capture response header Content-length len 9
1314 capture response header Location len 15
1315
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001316 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001317 about logging.
1318
1319
1320clitimeout <timeout>
1321 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1322 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1323 yes | yes | yes | no
1324 Arguments :
1325 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1326 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1327 as explained at the top of this document.
1328
1329 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1330 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1331 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1332 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1333 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1334 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1335 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1336 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001337 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001338 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1339 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1340
1341 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1342 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1343 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1344 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1345 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1346 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1347
1348 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1349 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1350
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001351 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1352 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001353
1354
1355contimeout <timeout>
1356 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1357 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1358 yes | no | yes | yes
1359 Arguments :
1360 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1361 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1362 as explained at the top of this document.
1363
1364 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001365 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001366 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1367 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1368 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1369 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1370 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1371
1372 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1373 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1374 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1375 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1376 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1377 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1378
1379 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1380 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1381 instead.
1382
1383 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1384 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1385
1386
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001387cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1388 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001389 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1390 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1391 yes | no | yes | yes
1392 Arguments :
1393 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1394 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1395 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1396 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1397 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1398 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1399 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1400 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1401 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1402
1403 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1404 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1405 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1406 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1407 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1408 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1409 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1410 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1411 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1412 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1413 "insert" and "prefix".
1414
1415 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1416 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1417 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1418 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1419 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1420 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1421 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1422 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1423 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1424
1425 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1426 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1427 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1428 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1429 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1430 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1431 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1432 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1433 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1434 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1435 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1436
1437 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1438 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1439 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1440 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1441 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1442 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1443 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1444 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1445 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1446 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1447
1448 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1449 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1450 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1451 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1452 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1453 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1454 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1455 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1456 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1457
1458 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1459 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1460 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1461 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1462 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1463 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1464 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1465 persistence cookie in the cache.
1466 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1467
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001468 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1469 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1470 name.
1471
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001472 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1473 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1474 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1475 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001476
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001477 Examples :
1478 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1479 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1480 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1481
1482 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1483
1484
1485default_backend <backend>
1486 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1487 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1488 yes | yes | yes | no
1489 Arguments :
1490 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1491
1492 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1493 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1494 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1495 will catch all undetermined requests.
1496
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001497 Example :
1498
1499 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1500 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1501 default_backend dynamic
1502
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001503 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1504
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001505
1506disabled
1507 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1508 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1509 yes | yes | yes | yes
1510 Arguments : none
1511
1512 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1513 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1514 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1515 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1516 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1517 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1518 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1519
1520 See also : "enabled"
1521
1522
1523enabled
1524 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1525 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1526 yes | yes | yes | yes
1527 Arguments : none
1528
1529 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1530 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1531
1532 See also : "disabled"
1533
1534
1535errorfile <code> <file>
1536 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1537 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1538 yes | yes | yes | yes
1539 Arguments :
1540 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1541 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1542
1543 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001544 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001545 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001546 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1547 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001548
1549 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1550 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1551 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1552
1553 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1554 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1555 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1556 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1557
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001558 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1559 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1560 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1561 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1562 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1563 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1564
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001565 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1566 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1567 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001568 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001569 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1570
1571 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1572
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001573 Example :
1574 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1575 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1576 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1577
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001578
1579errorloc <code> <url>
1580errorloc302 <code> <url>
1581 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1582 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1583 yes | yes | yes | yes
1584 Arguments :
1585 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1586 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1587
1588 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1589 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1590 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1591 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1592 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1593
1594 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1595 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1596 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1597
1598 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1599 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1600 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1601 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1602 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1603 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1604 request.
1605
1606 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1607
1608
1609errorloc303 <code> <url>
1610 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1611 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1612 yes | yes | yes | yes
1613 Arguments :
1614 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1615 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1616
1617 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1618 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1619 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1620 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1621 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1622
1623 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1624 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1625 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1626
1627 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1628 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1629 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1630 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001631 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001632
1633 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1634
1635
1636fullconn <conns>
1637 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1638 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1639 yes | no | yes | yes
1640 Arguments :
1641 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1642 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1643
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001644 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001645 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001646 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001647 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1648 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1649 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1650 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1651 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1652 exceptionnal loads.
1653
1654 Example :
1655 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1656 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1657 # connections.
1658 backend dynamic
1659 fullconn 10000
1660 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1661 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1662
1663 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1664
1665
1666grace <time>
1667 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1668 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1669 no | yes | yes | yes
1670 Arguments :
1671 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1672 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1673 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1674
1675 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1676 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1677 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1678 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1679
1680 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1681 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1682 simplify it.
1683
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001684
1685http-check disable-on-404
1686 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1687 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001688 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001689 Arguments : none
1690
1691 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1692 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1693 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1694 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1695 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1696 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1697 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1698 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1699 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1700
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001701 See also : "option httpchk"
1702
1703
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001704id <value>
1705 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1706 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1707
1708
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001709log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001710log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001711 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1712 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1713 yes | yes | yes | yes
1714 Arguments :
1715 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1716 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1717 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1718 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1719 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1720 parameter.
1721
1722 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1723 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1724
1725 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1726 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1727 standard syslog port).
1728
1729 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1730 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1731 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1732 appropriately writeable).
1733
1734 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1735
1736 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1737 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1738 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1739
1740 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1741 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1742 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001743 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1744 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1745 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1746 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1747 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001748
1749 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1750
1751 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1752 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1753 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1754
1755 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001756 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1757 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1758 "info".
1759
1760 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1761 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1762 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1763 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1764
1765 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1766 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001767
1768 Example :
1769 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001770 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1771 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001772
1773
1774maxconn <conns>
1775 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1776 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1777 yes | yes | yes | no
1778 Arguments :
1779 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1780 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1781 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1782 closes.
1783
1784 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1785 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1786 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1787 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1788 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1789 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1790 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1791 properly tuned.
1792
1793 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1794 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1795 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1796
1797 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1798
1799
1800mode { tcp|http|health }
1801 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1802 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1803 yes | yes | yes | yes
1804 Arguments :
1805 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1806 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1807 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1808 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1809
1810 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1811 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1812 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1813 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1814 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1815
1816 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1817 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1818 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1819 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1820 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1821 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1822
1823 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1824 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1825 will be refused.
1826
1827 Example :
1828 defaults http_instances
1829 mode http
1830
1831 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1832
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001833
1834monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001835 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001836 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1837 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001838 Arguments :
1839 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1840 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1841 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1842 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1843 backend and its backup.
1844
1845 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1846 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1847 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1848 servers in a list of backends.
1849
1850 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1851 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1852 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1853 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1854 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1855 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1856 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001857 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001858
1859 Example:
1860 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001861 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001862 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1863 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1864 monitor-uri /site_alive
1865 monitor fail if site_dead
1866
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001867 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1868
1869
1870monitor-net <source>
1871 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1872 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1873 yes | yes | yes | no
1874 Arguments :
1875 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1876 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1877 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1878 followed by a mask.
1879
1880 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1881 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1882 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1883 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1884
1885 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1886 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1887 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1888 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1889 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1890
1891 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1892 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1893 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1894 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1895 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1896
1897 Example :
1898 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1899 frontend www
1900 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1901
1902 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1903
1904
1905monitor-uri <uri>
1906 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1907 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1908 yes | yes | yes | no
1909 Arguments :
1910 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1911 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1912
1913 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1914 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1915 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1916 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1917 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1918 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1919 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1920 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1921
1922 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1923 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1924 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1925 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1926 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1927 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1928
1929 Example :
1930 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1931 frontend www
1932 mode http
1933 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1934
1935 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1936
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001937
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001938option abortonclose
1939no option abortonclose
1940 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1941 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1942 yes | no | yes | yes
1943 Arguments : none
1944
1945 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1946 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1947 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1948 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001949 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001950 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1951 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1952 encountered while delivering the response.
1953
1954 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1955 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1956 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1957 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1958 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1959 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1960 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1961 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001962 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001963 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1964 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1965 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1966
1967 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1968 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1969 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1970 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1971 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1972 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1973 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1974 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1975 reduces the response time for other users.
1976
1977 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1978 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1979
1980 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1981
1982
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001983option accept-invalid-http-request
1984no option accept-invalid-http-request
1985 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1986 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1987 yes | yes | yes | no
1988 Arguments : none
1989
1990 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1991 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1992 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1993 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1994 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1995 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1996 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1997 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1998 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1999
2000 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2001 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2002 been confirmed.
2003
2004 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2005 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2006 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2007 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2008
2009 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2010 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2011
2012 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2013 stats socket.
2014
2015
2016option accept-invalid-http-response
2017no option accept-invalid-http-response
2018 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2019 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2020 yes | no | yes | yes
2021 Arguments : none
2022
2023 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2024 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2025 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2026 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2027 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2028 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2029 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2030 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2031 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2032
2033 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2034 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2035 been confirmed.
2036
2037 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2038 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2039 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2040 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2041
2042 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2043 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2044
2045 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2046 stats socket.
2047
2048
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002049option allbackups
2050no option allbackups
2051 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2052 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2053 yes | no | yes | yes
2054 Arguments : none
2055
2056 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2057 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2058 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2059 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2060 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2061 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2062 order between the backup servers anymore.
2063
2064 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2065 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2066
2067 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2068 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2069
2070
2071option checkcache
2072no option checkcache
2073 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2074 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2075 yes | no | yes | yes
2076 Arguments : none
2077
2078 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2079 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2080 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2081 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2082 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2083 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2084
2085 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2086 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002087 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002088 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2089 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002090 to the client are :
2091 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002092 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002093 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002094 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2095 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2096 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2097 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2098 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2099 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2100 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2101 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2102 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2103 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2104 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2105
2106 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002107 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002108 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2109 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2110 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2111
2112 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2113 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002114 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002115 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2116
2117 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2118 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2119
2120
2121option clitcpka
2122no option clitcpka
2123 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2124 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2125 yes | yes | yes | no
2126 Arguments : none
2127
2128 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2129 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2130 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2131 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2132
2133 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2134 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2135 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2136 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2137
2138 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2139 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2140 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2141 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2142 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2143
2144 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2145
2146 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2147 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2148 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2149
2150 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2151 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2152
2153 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2154
2155
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002156option contstats
2157 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2158 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2159 yes | yes | yes | no
2160 Arguments : none
2161
2162 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2163 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2164 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2165 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2166 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2167 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2168 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2169
2170
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002171option dontlog-normal
2172no option dontlog-normal
2173 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2174 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2175 yes | yes | yes | no
2176 Arguments : none
2177
2178 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2179 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2180 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2181 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2182 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2183 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2184 logged.
2185
2186 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2187 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2188 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2189
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002190 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002191 logging.
2192
2193
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002194option dontlognull
2195no option dontlognull
2196 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2197 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2198 yes | yes | yes | no
2199 Arguments : none
2200
2201 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2202 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2203 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2204 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2205 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2206 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2207 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2208
2209 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2210 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2211 would not be logged.
2212
2213 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2214 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2215
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002216 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002217
2218
2219option forceclose
2220no option forceclose
2221 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2222 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2223 yes | no | yes | yes
2224 Arguments : none
2225
2226 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2227 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2228 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2229 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2230 global session times in the logs.
2231
2232 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2233 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2234 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2235 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2236 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2237
2238 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2239 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2240
2241 See also : "option httpclose"
2242
2243
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002244option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002245 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2246 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2247 yes | yes | yes | yes
2248 Arguments :
2249 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2250 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002251 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2252 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002253
2254 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2255 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2256 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2257 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2258 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2259 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2260 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002261 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2262 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2263 possible that the client has already brought one.
2264
2265 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2266 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2267 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2268 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2269 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2270 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002271
2272 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2273 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2274 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2275 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2276 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2277 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2278 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2279
2280 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002281 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2282 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2283 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002284
2285 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2286 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2287 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2288 when using this option.
2289
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002290 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002291 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2292 frontend www
2293 mode http
2294 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2295
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002296 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2297 backend www
2298 mode http
2299 option forwardfor header X-Client
2300
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002301 See also : "option httpclose"
2302
2303
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002304option httpchk
2305option httpchk <uri>
2306option httpchk <method> <uri>
2307option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2308 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2309 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2310 yes | no | yes | yes
2311 Arguments :
2312 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2313 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2314 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2315 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2316 ones.
2317
2318 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2319 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2320 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2321
2322 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2323 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2324 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2325 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2326 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2327
2328 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2329 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2330 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2331 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2332 the lack of any response.
2333
2334 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2335
2336 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2337 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2338 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2339
2340 Examples :
2341 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2342 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2343 backend https_relay
2344 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002345 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002346 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2347
2348 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2349 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2350
2351
2352option httpclose
2353no option httpclose
2354 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2355 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2356 yes | yes | yes | yes
2357 Arguments : none
2358
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002359 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002360 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2361 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2362 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2363 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2364 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2365 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2366 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2367 be removed.
2368
2369 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2370 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2371 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2372 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2373 the request connection once the server responds.
2374
2375 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2376 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2377 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2378
2379 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2380 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2381
2382 See also : "option forceclose"
2383
2384
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002385option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002386 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2387 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2388 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002389 Arguments :
2390 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2391 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2392 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2393 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2394 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002395
2396 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2397 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2398 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2399 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2400 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2401 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2402 ports.
2403
2404 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2405
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002406 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2407 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2408 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2409 by default.
2410
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002411 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002412
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002413
2414option http_proxy
2415no option http_proxy
2416 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2417 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2418 yes | yes | yes | yes
2419 Arguments : none
2420
2421 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2422 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2423 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2424 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2425 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2426
2427 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2428 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2429 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2430 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2431 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2432 be analyzed.
2433
2434 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2435 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2436
2437 Example :
2438 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2439 backend direct_forward
2440 option httpclose
2441 option http_proxy
2442
2443 See also : "option httpclose"
2444
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002445
2446option log-separate-errors
2447no option log-separate-errors
2448 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2450 yes | yes | yes | no
2451 Arguments : none
2452
2453 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2454 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2455 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2456 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2457 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2458 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2459 provides very important information.
2460
2461 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2462 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2463 error logs.
2464
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002465 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002466 logging.
2467
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002468
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +02002469log-health-checks
2470no log-health-checks
2471 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2472 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2473 yes | no | yes | yes
2474 Arguments : none
2475
2476 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2477 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2478 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2479 of additional information is limited.
2480
2481 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2482 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2483
2484 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2485
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002486option logasap
2487no option logasap
2488 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2489 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2490 yes | yes | yes | no
2491 Arguments : none
2492
2493 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2494 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2495 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2496 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2497 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2498 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2499 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002500 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002501 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2502 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2503
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002504 Examples :
2505 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2506 mode http
2507 option httplog
2508 option logasap
2509 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2510
2511 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2512 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2513 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2514 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2515
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002516 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002517 logging.
2518
2519
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002520option nolinger
2521no option nolinger
2522 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2523 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2524 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002525 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002526
2527 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2528 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2529 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2530 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2531 connections.
2532
2533 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2534 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2535 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2536 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2537 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2538 this too.
2539
2540 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2541 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2542 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2543
2544 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2545 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2546 for servers.
2547
2548 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2549 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2550
2551
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002552option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2553 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2554 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2555 yes | yes | yes | yes
2556 Arguments :
2557 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2558 matching <network>
2559 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2560 header name.
2561
2562 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2563 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2564 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2565 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2566 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2567 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2568 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2569 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2570 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2571 possible that the client has already brought one.
2572
2573 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2574 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2575 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2576 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2577 header and requires different one.
2578
2579 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2580 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2581 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2582 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2583 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2584 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2585 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2586
2587 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2588 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2589 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2590 both are defined.
2591
2592 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2593 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2594 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2595 when using this option.
2596
2597 Examples :
2598 # Original Destination address
2599 frontend www
2600 mode http
2601 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2602
2603 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2604 backend www
2605 mode http
2606 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2607
2608 See also : "option httpclose"
2609
2610
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002611option persist
2612no option persist
2613 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2614 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2615 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002616 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002617
2618 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2619 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2620 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2621 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2622 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2623 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2624 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2625 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2626 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2627 redirected to another valid server.
2628
2629 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2630 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2631
2632 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2633
2634
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002635option redispatch
2636no option redispatch
2637 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2638 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2639 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002640 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002641
2642 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2643 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2644 be able to access the service anymore.
2645
2646 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2647 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2648
2649 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2650 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2651 value.
2652
2653 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2654 "redisp" keywords.
2655
2656 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2657 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2658
2659 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2660
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002661
2662option smtpchk
2663option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2664 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2665 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2666 yes | no | yes | yes
2667 Arguments :
2668 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2669 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2670 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2671
2672 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2673 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2674 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2675
2676 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2677 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2678 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2679 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2680 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2681 dead server.
2682
2683 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2684 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2685 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2686 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2687
2688 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2689 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2690 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2691 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2692 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2693
2694 Example :
2695 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2696
2697 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2698
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002699
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002700option splice-auto
2701no option splice-auto
2702 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2704 yes | yes | yes | yes
2705 Arguments : none
2706
2707 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2708 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2709 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2710 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2711 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2712 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2713 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2714 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2715 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2716
2717 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2718 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2719 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2720 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2721 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2722 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2723 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2724 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2725 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2726 keyword.
2727
2728 Example :
2729 option splice-auto
2730
2731 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2732 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2733
2734 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2735 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2736
2737
2738option splice-request
2739no option splice-request
2740 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2741 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2742 yes | yes | yes | yes
2743 Arguments : none
2744
2745 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2746 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2747 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2748 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2749 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2750 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2751
2752 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2753
2754 Example :
2755 option splice-request
2756
2757 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2758 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2759
2760 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2761 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2762
2763
2764option splice-response
2765no option splice-response
2766 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2767 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2768 yes | yes | yes | yes
2769 Arguments : none
2770
2771 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2772 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2773 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2774 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2775 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2776 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2777
2778 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2779
2780 Example :
2781 option splice-response
2782
2783 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2784 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2785
2786 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2787 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2788
2789
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002790option srvtcpka
2791no option srvtcpka
2792 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2793 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2794 yes | no | yes | yes
2795 Arguments : none
2796
2797 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2798 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2799 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2800 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2801
2802 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2803 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2804 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2805 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2806
2807 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2808 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2809 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2810 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2811 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2812
2813 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2814
2815 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2816 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2817 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2818
2819 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2820 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2821
2822 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2823
2824
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002825option ssl-hello-chk
2826 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2827 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2828 yes | no | yes | yes
2829 Arguments : none
2830
2831 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2832 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2833 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2834 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2835 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2836 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2837 hello message.
2838
2839 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2840 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2841 messages, which is appreciable.
2842
2843 See also: "option httpchk"
2844
2845
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002846option tcp-smart-accept
2847no option tcp-smart-accept
2848 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2849 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2850 yes | yes | yes | no
2851 Arguments : none
2852
2853 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2854 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2855 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2856 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2857 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2858 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2859
2860 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2861 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2862 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2863 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2864
2865 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2866 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2867 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2868 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2869
2870 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2871 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2872 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2873
2874 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2875 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2876 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2877
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002878 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2879
2880
2881option tcp-smart-connect
2882no option tcp-smart-connect
2883 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2884 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2885 yes | no | yes | yes
2886 Arguments : none
2887
2888 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2889 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2890 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2891 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2892 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2893
2894 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2895 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2896 complex.
2897
2898 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2899 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2900 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2901
2902 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2903 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2904
2905 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2906
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002907
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002908option tcpka
2909 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2910 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2911 yes | yes | yes | yes
2912 Arguments : none
2913
2914 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2915 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2916 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2917 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2918
2919 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2920 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2921 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2922 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2923
2924 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2925 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2926 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2927 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2928 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2929
2930 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2931
2932 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2933 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2934 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2935 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2936 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2937 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2938 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2939 backends.
2940
2941 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2942
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002943
2944option tcplog
2945 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2946 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2947 yes | yes | yes | yes
2948 Arguments : none
2949
2950 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2951 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2952 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2953 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2954 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2955 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2956 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2957 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2958
2959 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2960
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002961 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002962
2963
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002964option transparent
2965no option transparent
2966 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2967 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002968 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002969 Arguments : none
2970
2971 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2972 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2973 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2974 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2975 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2976 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2977 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2978 appropriate server.
2979
2980 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2981 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2982
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002983 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2984 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002985
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002986
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02002987persist rdp-cookie
2988persist rdp-cookie(name)
2989 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
2990 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2991 yes | no | yes | yes
2992 Arguments :
2993 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
2994 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
2995 no valid reason to change this name.
2996
2997 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
2998 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
2999 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3000 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3001 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3002 forwarded to this server.
3003
3004 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3005 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3006 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3007 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3008 a single "listen" section.
3009
3010 Example :
3011 listen tse-farm
3012 bind :3389
3013 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3014 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3015 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3016 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3017 persist rdp-cookie
3018 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3019 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3020 balance rdp-cookie
3021 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3022 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3023
3024 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3025
3026
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003027rate-limit sessions <rate>
3028 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3029 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3030 yes | yes | yes | no
3031 Arguments :
3032 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3033 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3034
3035 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3036 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3037 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3038 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3039 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3040 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3041
3042 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3043 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3044 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3045 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3046
3047 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3048 listen smtp
3049 mode tcp
3050 bind :25
3051 rate-limit sessions 10
3052 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3053
3054 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3055 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3056
3057 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3058
3059
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003060redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3061redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003062 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3063 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3064 no | yes | yes | yes
3065
3066 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003067 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003068
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003069 Arguments :
3070 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3071 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3072 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3073 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003074 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3075 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3076 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3077 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003078
3079 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3080 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3081 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3082 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3083 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3084 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3085 location with a GET method.
3086
3087 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3088 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3089
3090 - "drop-query"
3091 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3092 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3093 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3094 with a location-type redirect.
3095
3096 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3097 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3098 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3099 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3100 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3101 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3102 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3103
3104 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3105 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3106 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3107 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3108 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3109 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3110 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003111
3112 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3113 acl clear dst_port 80
3114 acl secure dst_port 8080
3115 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003116 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003117 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003118 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3119
3120 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003121 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3122 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3123 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003124 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003125
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003126 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003127
3128
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003129redisp (deprecated)
3130redispatch (deprecated)
3131 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3132 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3133 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003134 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003135
3136 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3137 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3138 be able to access the service anymore.
3139
3140 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3141 redistribute them to a working server.
3142
3143 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3144 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3145 value.
3146
3147 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3148 "option redispatch" instead.
3149
3150 See also : "option redispatch"
3151
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003152
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003153reqadd <string>
3154 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3155 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3156 no | yes | yes | yes
3157 Arguments :
3158 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3159 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003160 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003161
3162 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3163 the last header of an HTTP request.
3164
3165 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3166 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3167 responses.
3168
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003169 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003170
3171
3172reqallow <search>
3173reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3174 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3175 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3176 no | yes | yes | yes
3177 Arguments :
3178 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3179 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3180 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3181 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3182 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3183 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3184 ignores case.
3185
3186 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3187 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3188 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3189 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3190 header names are not.
3191
3192 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3193 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3194
3195 Example :
3196 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3197 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3198 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3199
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003200 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003201 manipulation
3202
3203
3204reqdel <search>
3205reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3206 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3207 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3208 no | yes | yes | yes
3209 Arguments :
3210 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3211 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3212 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3213 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3214 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3215 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3216
3217 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3218 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3219 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3220 next servers.
3221
3222 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3223 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3224 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3225
3226 Example :
3227 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3228 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3229 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3230
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003231 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003232 manipulation
3233
3234
3235reqdeny <search>
3236reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3237 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3238 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3239 no | yes | yes | yes
3240 Arguments :
3241 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3242 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3243 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3244 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3245 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3246 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3247 case.
3248
3249 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3250 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3251 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3252 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3253 header names are not.
3254
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003255 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003256 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003257 using ACLs.
3258
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003259 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3260 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3261
3262 Example :
3263 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3264 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3265 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3266
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003267 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003268 header manipulation
3269
3270
3271reqpass <search>
3272reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3273 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3274 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3275 no | yes | yes | yes
3276 Arguments :
3277 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3278 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3279 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3280 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3281 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3282 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3283 case.
3284
3285 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3286 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3287 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3288 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3289
3290 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3291 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3292
3293 Example :
3294 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3295 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3296 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3297 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3298
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003299 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003300 header manipulation
3301
3302
3303reqrep <search> <string>
3304reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3305 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3306 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3307 no | yes | yes | yes
3308 Arguments :
3309 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3310 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3311 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3312 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3313 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3314 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3315
3316 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3317 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3318 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3319 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003320 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003321
3322 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3323 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3324 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3325
3326 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3327 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3328 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3329 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3330 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3331
3332 Example :
3333 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3334 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3335 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3336 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3337
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003338 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003339 manipulation
3340
3341
3342reqtarpit <search>
3343reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3344 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3345 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3346 no | yes | yes | yes
3347 Arguments :
3348 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3349 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3350 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3351 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3352 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3353 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3354 ignores case.
3355
3356 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3357 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003358 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3359 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3360 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003361 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3362 not set.
3363
3364 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3365 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3366 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3367 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3368 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3369
3370 Example :
3371 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3372 # block all others.
3373 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3374 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3375
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003376 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003377 manipulation
3378
3379
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003380retries <value>
3381 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3382 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3383 yes | no | yes | yes
3384 Arguments :
3385 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3386 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3387 default value is 3.
3388
3389 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3390 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3391 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3392
3393 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3394 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3395
3396 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3397 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3398
3399 See also : "option redispatch"
3400
3401
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003402rspadd <string>
3403 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3404 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3405 no | yes | yes | yes
3406 Arguments :
3407 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3408 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003409 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003410
3411 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3412 the last header of an HTTP response.
3413
3414 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3415 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3416 responses.
3417
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003418 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003419
3420
3421rspdel <search>
3422rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3423 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3424 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3425 no | yes | yes | yes
3426 Arguments :
3427 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3428 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3429 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3430 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3431 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3432 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3433 ignores case.
3434
3435 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3436 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3437 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3438 client.
3439
3440 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3441 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3442 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3443
3444 Example :
3445 # remove the Server header from responses
3446 reqidel ^Server:.*
3447
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003448 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003449 manipulation
3450
3451
3452rspdeny <search>
3453rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3454 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3455 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3456 no | yes | yes | yes
3457 Arguments :
3458 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3459 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3460 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3461 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3462 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3463 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3464 ignores case.
3465
3466 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3467 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3468 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3469 case-sensitive.
3470
3471 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003472 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3473 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3474 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003475
3476 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3477 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3478
3479 Example :
3480 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3481 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3482
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003483 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003484 manipulation
3485
3486
3487rsprep <search> <string>
3488rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3489 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3490 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3491 no | yes | yes | yes
3492 Arguments :
3493 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3494 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3495 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3496 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3497 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3498 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3499 ignores case.
3500
3501 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3502 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3503 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3504 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003505 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003506
3507 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3508 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3509 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3510
3511 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3512 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3513 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3514 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3515 are not case-sensitive.
3516
3517 Example :
3518 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3519 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3520
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003521 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003522 manipulation
3523
3524
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003525server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3526 Declare a server in a backend
3527 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3528 no | no | yes | yes
3529 Arguments :
3530 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3531 appear in logs and alerts.
3532
3533 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3534 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3535 start-up.
3536
3537 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3538 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3539 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3540 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3541 adding this value to the client's port.
3542
3543 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3544 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003545 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003546
3547 Examples :
3548 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3549 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3550
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003551 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003552
3553
3554source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003555source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003556 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3557 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3558 yes | no | yes | yes
3559 Arguments :
3560 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3561 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3562 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3563 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3564
3565 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3566 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003567 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3568 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3569 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003570
3571 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3572 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3573 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3574 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3575 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3576 <addr>.
3577
3578 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3579 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3580 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3581 port.
3582
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003583 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3584 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3585 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3586 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3587 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3588 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3589
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003590 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3591 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3592 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3593 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3594
3595 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3596 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3597 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3598 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3599 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3600 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3601
3602 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3603 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3604 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3605 there are two methods :
3606
3607 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3608 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3609 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3610 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3611 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3612 of the client ranges may be used.
3613
3614 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3615 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3616 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3617 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3618 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3619 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3620 same session.
3621
3622 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3623 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3624 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3625 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3626 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3627 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3628
3629 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3630 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3631 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003632 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003633
3634 Examples :
3635 backend private
3636 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3637 source 192.168.1.200
3638
3639 backend transparent_ssl1
3640 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3641 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3642
3643 backend transparent_ssl2
3644 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3645 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3646 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3647
3648 backend transparent_ssl3
3649 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3650 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3651 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3652
3653 backend transparent_smtp
3654 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3655 # with Tproxy version 4.
3656 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3657
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003658 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003659 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3660
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003661
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003662srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3663 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3664 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3665 yes | no | yes | yes
3666 Arguments :
3667 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3668 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3669 as explained at the top of this document.
3670
3671 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3672 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3673 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3674 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3675 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3676 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3677 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3678
3679 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3680 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3681 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3682 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3683 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003684 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003685 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3686 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3687
3688 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3689 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3690 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3691 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3692 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3693 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3694
3695 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3696 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3697
3698 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3699
3700
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003701stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3702 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3704 yes | no | yes | yes
3705 Arguments :
3706 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3707
3708 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3709
3710 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3711 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3712 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3713 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3714 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3715 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3716
3717 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3718 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3719 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3720 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3721
3722 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3723 report using "stats scope".
3724
3725 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3726 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3727 unobvious parameters.
3728
3729 Example :
3730 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3731 backend public_www
3732 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3733 stats enable
3734 stats hide-version
3735 stats scope .
3736 stats uri /admin?stats
3737 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3738 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3739 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3740
3741 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3742 backend private_monitoring
3743 stats enable
3744 stats uri /admin?stats
3745 stats refresh 5s
3746
3747 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3748
3749
3750stats enable
3751 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3752 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3753 yes | no | yes | yes
3754 Arguments : none
3755
3756 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3757 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3758 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3759 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3760 - stats auth : no authentication
3761 - stats scope : no restriction
3762
3763 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3764 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3765 unobvious parameters.
3766
3767 Example :
3768 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3769 backend public_www
3770 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3771 stats enable
3772 stats hide-version
3773 stats scope .
3774 stats uri /admin?stats
3775 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3776 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3777 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3778
3779 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3780 backend private_monitoring
3781 stats enable
3782 stats uri /admin?stats
3783 stats refresh 5s
3784
3785 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3786
3787
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003788stats node-name [ <name> ]
3789 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3790 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3791 yes | no | yes | yes
3792 Arguments :
3793 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the system's
3794 hostname is automatically used instead.
3795
3796 The node-name is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3797 using a backslash ('\'). If it is left unspecified, the system's hostname is
3798 used instead.
3799
3800 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
3801 servers share a same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
3802 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
3803 traffic.
3804
3805 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3806 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3807 unobvious parameters.
3808
3809 Example :
3810 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3811 backend private_monitoring
3812 stats enable
3813 stats node-name master
3814 stats uri /admin?stats
3815 stats refresh 5s
3816
3817 See also : "stats enable", "stats uri"
3818
3819
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003820stats realm <realm>
3821 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3822 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3823 yes | no | yes | yes
3824 Arguments :
3825 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3826 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3827 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3828
3829 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3830 using a backslash ('\').
3831
3832 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3833 only related to authentication.
3834
3835 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3836 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3837 unobvious parameters.
3838
3839 Example :
3840 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3841 backend public_www
3842 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3843 stats enable
3844 stats hide-version
3845 stats scope .
3846 stats uri /admin?stats
3847 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3848 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3849 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3850
3851 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3852 backend private_monitoring
3853 stats enable
3854 stats uri /admin?stats
3855 stats refresh 5s
3856
3857 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3858
3859
3860stats refresh <delay>
3861 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3862 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3863 yes | no | yes | yes
3864 Arguments :
3865 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3866 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3867 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3868 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3869 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3870 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3871
3872 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3873 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3874 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3875 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3876
3877 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3878 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3879 unobvious parameters.
3880
3881 Example :
3882 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3883 backend public_www
3884 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3885 stats enable
3886 stats hide-version
3887 stats scope .
3888 stats uri /admin?stats
3889 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3890 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3891 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3892
3893 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3894 backend private_monitoring
3895 stats enable
3896 stats uri /admin?stats
3897 stats refresh 5s
3898
3899 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3900
3901
3902stats scope { <name> | "." }
3903 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3904 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3905 yes | no | yes | yes
3906 Arguments :
3907 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3908 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3909 section in which the statement appears.
3910
3911 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3912 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3913 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3914 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3915 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3916 exists.
3917
3918 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3919 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3920 unobvious parameters.
3921
3922 Example :
3923 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3924 backend public_www
3925 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3926 stats enable
3927 stats hide-version
3928 stats scope .
3929 stats uri /admin?stats
3930 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3931 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3932 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3933
3934 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3935 backend private_monitoring
3936 stats enable
3937 stats uri /admin?stats
3938 stats refresh 5s
3939
3940 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3941
3942
3943stats uri <prefix>
3944 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3945 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3946 yes | no | yes | yes
3947 Arguments :
3948 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3949 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3950 query string.
3951
3952 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3953 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3954 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3955 possible to reach it in the application.
3956
3957 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3958 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3959 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3960 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3961 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3962 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3963
3964 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3965 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3966 an address or a port to statistics only.
3967
3968 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3969 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3970 unobvious parameters.
3971
3972 Example :
3973 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3974 backend public_www
3975 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3976 stats enable
3977 stats hide-version
3978 stats scope .
3979 stats uri /admin?stats
3980 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3981 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3982 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3983
3984 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3985 backend private_monitoring
3986 stats enable
3987 stats uri /admin?stats
3988 stats refresh 5s
3989
3990 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3991
3992
3993stats hide-version
3994 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3995 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3996 yes | no | yes | yes
3997 Arguments : none
3998
3999 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4000 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4001 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4002 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4003 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4004 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4005
4006 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4007 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4008 unobvious parameters.
4009
4010 Example :
4011 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4012 backend public_www
4013 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4014 stats enable
4015 stats hide-version
4016 stats scope .
4017 stats uri /admin?stats
4018 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4019 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4020 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4021
4022 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4023 backend private_monitoring
4024 stats enable
4025 stats uri /admin?stats
4026 stats refresh 5s
4027
4028 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4029
4030
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004031tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4032 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4033 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4034 no | yes | yes | no
4035
4036 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4037 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4038 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4039 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4040 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4041 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4042 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4043 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4044
4045 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4046 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4047
4048 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4049 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4050 "reject" statement.
4051
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004052 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004053
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004054 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004055
4056
4057tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4058 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4059 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4060 no | yes | yes | no
4061
4062 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4063 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4064 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4065 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4066 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4067 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4068 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4069 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4070
4071 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4072 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4073
4074 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4075 "accept".
4076
4077 Example:
4078 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4079 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4080 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4081 tcp-request reject if content_present
4082
4083 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4084 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4085 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4086 tcp-request accept if content_present
4087 tcp-request reject
4088
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004089 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004090
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004091 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004092
4093
4094tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4095 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4096 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4097 no | yes | yes | no
4098 Arguments :
4099 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4100 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4101 as explained at the top of this document.
4102
4103 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4104 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4105 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4106 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4107 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4108
4109 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4110 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4111 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4112 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004113 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4114 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4115 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4116 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004117
4118 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4119 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4120 it pass through unaffected.
4121
4122 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4123 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4124 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4125 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4126 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4127 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4128 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4129
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004130 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004131 "timeout client".
4132
4133
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004134timeout check <timeout>
4135 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4136 established.
4137
4138 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4139 yes | no | yes | yes
4140 Arguments:
4141 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4142 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4143 as explained at the top of this document.
4144
4145 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4146 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4147 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4148 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4149 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4150 long "timeout connect".
4151
4152 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4153 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4154
4155 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4156 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004157 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004158
4159 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4160 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4161 forget about it.
4162
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004163 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4164 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004165
4166
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004167timeout client <timeout>
4168timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4169 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4170 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4171 yes | yes | yes | no
4172 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004173 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004174 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4175 as explained at the top of this document.
4176
4177 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4178 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4179 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4180 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4181 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4182 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4183 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4184 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004185 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004186 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4187 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4188
4189 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4190 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4191 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4192 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4193 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4194 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4195
4196 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4197 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4198 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4199
4200 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4201
4202
4203timeout connect <timeout>
4204timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4205 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4206 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4207 yes | no | yes | yes
4208 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004209 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004210 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4211 as explained at the top of this document.
4212
4213 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004214 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004215 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4216 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004217 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4218 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004219
4220 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4221 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4222 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4223 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4224 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4225 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4226
4227 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4228 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4229 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4230
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004231 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4232 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004233
4234
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004235timeout http-request <timeout>
4236 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4237 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004238 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004239 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004240 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004241 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4242 as explained at the top of this document.
4243
4244 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4245 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4246 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4247 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4248 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4249 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4250 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4251 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4252
4253 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4254 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4255 used anymore.
4256
4257 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4258 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4259 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4260 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4261 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4262
4263 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004264 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4265 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4266 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004267
4268 See also : "timeout client".
4269
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004270
4271timeout queue <timeout>
4272 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4273 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4274 yes | no | yes | yes
4275 Arguments :
4276 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4277 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4278 as explained at the top of this document.
4279
4280 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4281 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4282 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4283 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4284 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4285
4286 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4287 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4288 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4289 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4290
4291 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4292
4293
4294timeout server <timeout>
4295timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4296 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4297 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4298 yes | no | yes | yes
4299 Arguments :
4300 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4301 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4302 as explained at the top of this document.
4303
4304 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4305 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4306 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4307 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4308 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4309 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4310 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4311
4312 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4313 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4314 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4315 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4316 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004317 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004318 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4319 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4320
4321 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4322 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4323 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4324 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4325 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4326 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4327
4328 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4329 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4330 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4331
4332 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4333
4334
4335timeout tarpit <timeout>
4336 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4337 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4338 yes | yes | yes | yes
4339 Arguments :
4340 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4341 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4342 as explained at the top of this document.
4343
4344 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4345 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4346 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4347
4348 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4349 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4350 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4351 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4352 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4353
4354 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4355
4356
4357transparent (deprecated)
4358 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4359 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004360 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004361 Arguments : none
4362
4363 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4364 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4365 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4366 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4367 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4368 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4369 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4370 appropriate server.
4371
4372 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4373
4374 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4375 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4376
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004377 See also: "option transparent"
4378
4379
4380use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4381use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004382 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004383 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4384 no | yes | yes | no
4385 Arguments :
4386 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4387
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004388 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004389
4390 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4391 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4392 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004393 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4394 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4395 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4396 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004397
4398 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4399 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4400 assign the backend.
4401
4402 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4403 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4404 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4405 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4406 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4407 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4408
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004409 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4410 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4411 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4412 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4413 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4414
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004415 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004416
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004417
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020044185. Server options
4419-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004420
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004421The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4422as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4423not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4424(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4425the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4426specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004427
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004428 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004429
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004430The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004431
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004432addr <ipv4>
4433 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4434 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4435 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4436 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4437 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004438
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004439backup
4440 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4441 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4442 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4443 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4444 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4445 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004446
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004447check
4448 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4449 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4450 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4451 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4452 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4453 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4454 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4455 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4456 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4457 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4458 more information.
4459
4460cookie <value>
4461 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4462 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4463 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4464 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4465 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4466 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4467 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4468
4469fall <count>
4470 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4471 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4472 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4473
4474id <value>
4475 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4476 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4477
4478inter <delay>
4479fastinter <delay>
4480downinter <delay>
4481 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4482 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4483 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4484 between checks depending on the server state :
4485
4486 Server state | Interval used
4487 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4488 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4489 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4490 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4491 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4492 or yet unchecked. |
4493 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4494 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4495 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4496
4497 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4498 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4499 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4500 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4501 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4502 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4503 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4504 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4505 servers.
4506
4507maxconn <maxconn>
4508 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4509 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4510 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4511 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4512 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4513 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4514 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4515 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4516
4517maxqueue <maxqueue>
4518 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4519 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4520 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4521 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4522 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4523 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4524 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4525
4526minconn <minconn>
4527 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4528 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4529 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4530 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4531 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4532 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4533 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4534 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4535
4536port <port>
4537 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4538 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4539 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4540 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4541 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4542 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4543
4544redir <prefix>
4545 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4546 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4547 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4548 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4549 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4550 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4551 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4552 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4553 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4554 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4555 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4556 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4557 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4558 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4559
4560 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4561
4562rise <count>
4563 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4564 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4565 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4566
4567slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4568 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4569 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4570 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4571 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4572 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4573 parameters :
4574
4575 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4576 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4577
4578 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4579 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4580 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4581 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4582
4583 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4584 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4585 seen as failed.
4586
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004587source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4588source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004589 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4590 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4591 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4592 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4593
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004594 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4595 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4596 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4597 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4598 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4599 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4600 server.
4601
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004602track [<proxy>/]<server>
4603 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4604 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4605 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4606 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4607 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4608
4609weight <weight>
4610 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4611 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4612 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004613 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4614 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4615 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4616 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4617 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4618 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004619
4620
46216. HTTP header manipulation
4622---------------------------
4623
4624In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4625response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4626request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4627which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4628against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4629to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4630passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4631headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4632never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4633
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004634There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4635(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4636rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4637messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4638in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4639happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4640add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4641normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004643This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4644in section 4.2 :
4645
4646 - reqadd <string>
4647 - reqallow <search>
4648 - reqiallow <search>
4649 - reqdel <search>
4650 - reqidel <search>
4651 - reqdeny <search>
4652 - reqideny <search>
4653 - reqpass <search>
4654 - reqipass <search>
4655 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4656 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4657 - reqtarpit <search>
4658 - reqitarpit <search>
4659 - rspadd <string>
4660 - rspdel <search>
4661 - rspidel <search>
4662 - rspdeny <search>
4663 - rspideny <search>
4664 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4665 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4666
4667With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4668is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4669parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4670prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4671Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4672
4673 \t for a tab
4674 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4675 \n for a new line (LF)
4676 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4677 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4678 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4679 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4680 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4681
4682The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4683portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4684above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4685regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
46869 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4687is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4688
4689The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4690after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4691
4692Notes related to these keywords :
4693---------------------------------
4694 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4695 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4696 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4697
4698 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4699 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4700 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4701
4702 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4703 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4704 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4705 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4706 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4707
4708 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4709 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4710 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4711 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4712 useless headers before adding new ones.
4713
4714 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4715 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4716
4717 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4718 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4719 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4720
4721 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4722 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4723 before switching.
4724
4725
47267. Using ACLs
4727-------------
4728
4729The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4730content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4731from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4732simple :
4733
4734 - define test criteria with sets of values
4735 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4736
4737The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4738
4739In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4740
4741 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4742
4743This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4744Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4745and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4746an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4747of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4748
4749ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4750'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4751which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4752
4753There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4754performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4755
4756The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4757
4758 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004759 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4760
4761Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004762
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004763 - integers or integer ranges
4764 - strings
4765 - regular expressions
4766 - IP addresses and networks
4767
4768
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047697.1. Matching integers
4770----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004771
4772Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4773that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4774expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4775may be omitted.
4776
4777For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4778unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4779representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4780
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004781As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4782two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4783instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4784ranges and operators.
4785
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004786For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004787operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4788Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4789of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004790
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004791Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004792
4793 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4794 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4795 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4796 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4797 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4798
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004799For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004800
4801 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4802
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004803This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4804
4805 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4806
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004807
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048087.2. Matching strings
4809---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004810
4811String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4812exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4813characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4814string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4815to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004816before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004817
4818
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048197.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4820-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004821
4822Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4823they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4824possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4825passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4826the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004827the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4828match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004829
4830
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048317.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4832----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004833
4834IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4835netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4836within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004837host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004838difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4839at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4840does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4841parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004842
4843
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048447.5. Available matching criteria
4845--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004846
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048477.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4848------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004849
4850A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4851analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4852addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4853
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004854always_false
4855 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4856 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4857
4858always_true
4859 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4860 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4861
4862src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004863 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004864 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4865 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4866
4867src_port <integer>
4868 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4869
4870dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004871 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004872 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4873
4874dst_port <integer>
4875 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4876 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4877
4878dst_conn <integer>
4879 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4880 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004881 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004882 when the farm is considered saturated.
4883
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004884nbsrv <integer>
4885nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4886 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4887 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4888 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4889 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4890 "monitor fail".
4891
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004892connslots <integer>
4893connslots(backend) <integer>
4894 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004895 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004896 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4897
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004898 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4899 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004900
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004901 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4902 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4903 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4904 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4905 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4906 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4907 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004908
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004909 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4910 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4911 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4912 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004913
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004914fe_sess_rate <integer>
4915fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4916 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4917 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4918 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4919 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4920 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4921 the rate to go down below the limit.
4922
4923 Example :
4924 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4925 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4926 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4927 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4928 frontend mail
4929 bind :25
4930 mode tcp
4931 maxconn 100
4932 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4933 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4934 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4935 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4936
4937be_sess_rate <integer>
4938be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4939 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4940 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4941 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4942 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4943 sucking of an online dictionary).
4944
4945 Example :
4946 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4947 backend dynamic
4948 mode http
4949 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4950 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4951
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004952
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049537.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4954-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004955
4956A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4957during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4958through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4959for more detailed information on the subject.
4960
4961req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004962 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004963 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4964 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4965 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4966 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4967 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4968 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4969
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02004970req_proto_http
4971 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
4972 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
4973 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
4974 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
4975 using TCP request content inspection rules.
4976
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004977req_rdp_cookie <string>
4978req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
4979 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
4980 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
4981 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
4982 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
4983 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
4984 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
4985 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
4986 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
4987
4988req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
4989req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
4990 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
4991 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
4992 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
4993 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
4994 cookies.
4995
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004996req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4997 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4998 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4999 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5000 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5001 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5002 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5003 with TCP request content inspection.
5004
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005005wait_end
5006 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5007 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5008 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5009 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5010 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5011 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5012 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5013 inspection.
5014
5015 Examples :
5016 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5017 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5018 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5019
5020 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5021 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5022 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5023 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5024 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5025 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5026 tcp-request content reject
5027
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005028
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050297.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5030--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005031
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005032A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005033application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5034read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5035than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5036
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005037method <string>
5038 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5039 already check for most common methods.
5040
5041req_ver <string>
5042 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5043 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5044
5045path <string>
5046 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5047 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5048 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5049
5050path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005051 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5052 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005053
5054path_end <string>
5055 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5056 control file name extension.
5057
5058path_sub <string>
5059 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5060 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5061 "path_dir".
5062
5063path_dir <string>
5064 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5065 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5066 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5067 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5068
5069path_dom <string>
5070 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5071 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5072 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5073
5074path_reg <regex>
5075 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5076 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5077 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5078
5079url <string>
5080 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5081 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5082
5083url_beg <string>
5084 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5085 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5086
5087url_end <string>
5088 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5089 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5090
5091url_sub <string>
5092 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5093 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5094
5095url_dir <string>
5096 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5097 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5098 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5099 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5100
5101url_dom <string>
5102 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5103 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5104 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5105
5106url_reg <regex>
5107 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5108 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5109 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5110
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005111url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005112 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5113 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005114 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005115
5116url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005117 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5118 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005119 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005120 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005121
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005122hdr <string>
5123hdr(header) <string>
5124 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5125 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005126 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5127 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005128
5129 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005130 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005131 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5132
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005133 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005134
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005135hdr_beg <string>
5136hdr_beg(header) <string>
5137 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5138 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005139
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005140hdr_end <string>
5141hdr_end(header) <string>
5142 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5143 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005144
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005145hdr_sub <string>
5146hdr_sub(header) <string>
5147 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5148 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005149
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005150hdr_dir <string>
5151hdr_dir(header) <string>
5152 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5153 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5154 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5155 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005156
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005157hdr_dom <string>
5158hdr_dom(header) <string>
5159 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5160 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5161 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5162 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005163
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005164hdr_reg <regex>
5165hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5166 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5167 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5168 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5169 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005170
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005171hdr_val <integer>
5172hdr_val(header) <integer>
5173 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5174 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5175 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5176 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005177
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005178hdr_cnt <integer>
5179hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5180 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5181 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5182 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5183 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5184 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5185 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005186
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005187hdr_ip <ip_address>
5188hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5189 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5190 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5191 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5192
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005193
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051947.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5195---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005196
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005197Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5198every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5199order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5200only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005201
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005202ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5203---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5204TRUE always_true always match
5205FALSE always_false never match
5206LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005207HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005208HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5209HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5210METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5211METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5212METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5213METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5214METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5215METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5216HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5217HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5218HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5219HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005220RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005221REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5222WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5223---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005224
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005225
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052267.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5227----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005228
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005229Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5230combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005231
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005232 - AND (implicit)
5233 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5234 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005235
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005236A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005237
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005238 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005239
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005240Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5241indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005242
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005243For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5244"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5245requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5246is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005247
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005248 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5249 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5250 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5251 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005252
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005253To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5254and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005255
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005256 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5257 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5258 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5259 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005260
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005261 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5262 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5263 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5264 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005265
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005266See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005267
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005268
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052698. Logging
5270----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005271
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005272One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5273provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5274very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5275provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5276state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5277to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5278headers.
5279
5280In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5281about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5282send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5283
5284 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5285 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5286 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5287 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5288 at the termination.
5289
5290The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5291allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5292as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5293while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5294real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5295delay.
5296
5297
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052988.1. Log levels
5299---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005300
5301TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5302source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5303HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5304in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5305particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005306syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005307facilities.
5308
5309
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053108.2. Log formats
5311----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005312
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005313HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005314and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5315the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5316formats are the following ones :
5317
5318 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5319 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5320 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5321 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5322 extents.
5323
5324 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5325 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5326 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5327 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5328 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5329
5330 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5331 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5332 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5333 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5334 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5335
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005336 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5337 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5338 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5339 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5340
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005341Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5342specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5343field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5344servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5345always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5346identifier.
5347
5348Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5349 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5350 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5351 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5352 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5353
5354
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053558.2.1. Default log format
5356-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005357
5358This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5359as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5360format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5361
5362 Example :
5363 listen www
5364 mode http
5365 log global
5366 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5367
5368 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5369 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5370 (www/HTTP)
5371
5372 Field Format Extract from the example above
5373 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5374 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5375 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5376 4 'to' to
5377 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5378 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5379
5380Detailed fields description :
5381 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5382 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5383 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5384 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5385 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5386 and processed the connection.
5387 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5388
5389It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5390will eventually disappear.
5391
5392
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053938.2.2. TCP log format
5394---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005395
5396The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5397is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5398information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5399counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5400emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5401environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5402the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5403sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005404specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5405not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5406fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5407marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005408
5409 Example :
5410 frontend fnt
5411 mode tcp
5412 option tcplog
5413 log global
5414 default_backend bck
5415
5416 backend bck
5417 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5418
5419 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5420 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5421 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5422
5423 Field Format Extract from the example above
5424 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5425 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5426 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5427 4 frontend_name fnt
5428 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5429 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5430 7 bytes_read* 212
5431 8 termination_state --
5432 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5433 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5434
5435Detailed fields description :
5436 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5437 connection to haproxy.
5438
5439 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5440
5441 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5442 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5443 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5444 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5445
5446 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5447 and processed the connection.
5448
5449 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5450 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5451 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5452 applications.
5453
5454 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5455 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5456 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5457 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5458 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5459
5460 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5461 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5462 See "Timers" below for more details.
5463
5464 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5465 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5466 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5467 "Timers" below for more details.
5468
5469 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5470 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5471 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5472 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5473 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5474 details.
5475
5476 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5477 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5478 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5479 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5480 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5481
5482 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5483 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5484 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5485 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5486 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5487 for more details.
5488
5489 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5490 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5491 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5492 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5493 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005494 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005495
5496 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5497 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5498 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5499 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5500 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5501 caused by a denial of service attack.
5502
5503 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5504 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5505 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5506 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5507 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5508 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5509 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5510 denial of service attack.
5511
5512 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5513 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5514 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5515 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5516 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5517 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5518 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5519 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5520 be processed than on other servers.
5521
5522 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5523 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5524 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5525 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5526 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5527 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5528 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5529 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5530 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5531 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5532 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5533 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5534 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5535
5536 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5537 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5538 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5539 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5540 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5541 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5542 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5543 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5544
5545 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5546 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5547 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5548 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5549 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5550 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5551 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5552 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5553 occurs.
5554
5555
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055568.2.3. HTTP log format
5557----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005558
5559The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5560is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5561the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5562are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5563emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5564generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5565"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5566which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005567frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5568is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005569
5570Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5571slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5572with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5573
5574 Example :
5575 frontend http-in
5576 mode http
5577 option httplog
5578 log global
5579 default_backend bck
5580
5581 backend static
5582 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5583
5584 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5585 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5586 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5587 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5588
5589 Field Format Extract from the example above
5590 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5591 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5592 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5593 4 frontend_name http-in
5594 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5595 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5596 7 status_code 200
5597 8 bytes_read* 2750
5598 9 captured_request_cookie -
5599 10 captured_response_cookie -
5600 11 termination_state ----
5601 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5602 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5603 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5604 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5605 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5606
5607
5608Detailed fields description :
5609 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5610 connection to haproxy.
5611
5612 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5613
5614 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5615 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5616 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5617 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5618 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5619
5620 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5621 and processed the connection.
5622
5623 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5624 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5625 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5626
5627 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5628 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5629 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5630 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5631 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5632 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5633
5634 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5635 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5636 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5637 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5638 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5639 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5640
5641 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5642 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5643 See "Timers" below for more details.
5644
5645 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5646 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5647 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5648 below for more details.
5649
5650 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5651 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5652 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5653 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5654 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5655 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5656 for more details.
5657
5658 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5659 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5660 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5661 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5662 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5663 details.
5664
5665 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5666 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5667 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5668
5669 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5670 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5671 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5672 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5673 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5674 overflowing.
5675
5676 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5677 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5678 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5679 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5680 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5681 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5682 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5683 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5684
5685 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5686 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5687 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5688 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5689 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5690 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5691 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5692 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5693
5694 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5695 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5696 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5697 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5698 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5699 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5700 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5701
5702 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5703 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5704 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5705 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5706 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005707 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005708 system.
5709
5710 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5711 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5712 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5713 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5714 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5715 caused by a denial of service attack.
5716
5717 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5718 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5719 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5720 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5721 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5722 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5723 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5724 denial of service attack.
5725
5726 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5727 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5728 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5729 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5730 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5731 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5732 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5733 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5734 processed than on other servers.
5735
5736 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5737 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5738 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5739 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5740 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5741 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5742 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5743 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5744 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5745 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5746 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5747 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5748 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5749
5750 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5751 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5752 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5753 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5754 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5755 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5756 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5757 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5758
5759 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5760 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5761 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5762 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5763 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5764 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5765 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5766 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5767 occurs.
5768
5769 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5770 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5771 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5772 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5773 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5774 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5775 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5776 cookies" below for more details.
5777
5778 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5779 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5780 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5781 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5782 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5783 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5784 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5785 and cookies" below for more details.
5786
5787 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5788 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5789 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5790 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5791 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5792 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5793 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5794 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5795
5796
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057978.3. Advanced logging options
5798-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005799
5800Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5801just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5802options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5803for more information about their usage.
5804
5805
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058068.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5807------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005808
5809It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5810haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5811commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5812monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5813ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5814
5815 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5816 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5817 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5818 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5819
5820 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5821 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5822 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5823 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5824 such as other load-balancers.
5825
5826 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5827 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5828 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5829
5830
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058318.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5832----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005833
5834The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5835what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5836or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5837"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5838just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5839log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5840after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5841is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5842with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5843with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5844
5845
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058468.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5847------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005848
5849Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5850for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5851"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5852retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5853raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5854a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5855file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5856you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5857"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5858
5859
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058608.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5861--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005862
5863Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5864multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5865them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5866"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5867logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5868error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5869and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5870too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5871useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5872alternative.
5873
5874
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058758.4. Timing events
5876------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005877
5878Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5879reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5880the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5881frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5882mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5883
5884 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5885 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5886 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5887 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5888 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5889
5890 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5891 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5892 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5893 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5894 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5895
5896 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5897 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5898 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5899 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5900 connection never established.
5901
5902 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5903 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5904 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5905 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5906 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5907 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5908 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5909 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5910 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5911 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5912 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5913
5914 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5915 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5916 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5917 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5918 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5919
5920 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5921
5922 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5923 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5924 negative.
5925
5926These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5927protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5928that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5929due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5930close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5931session has been aborted on timeout.
5932
5933Most common cases :
5934
5935 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5936 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5937 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5938 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5939 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5940 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5941 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5942 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5943 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5944 connections have been accepted at once.
5945
5946 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5947 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5948 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5949 of ms on remote networks.
5950
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005951 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5952 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5953 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005954
5955 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5956 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5957 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5958 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5959 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5960 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5961 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5962 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5963 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5964 to the server until another one is released.
5965
5966Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5967
5968 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5969 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5970 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5971
5972 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5973 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5974 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5975
5976 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5977 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5978 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5979 flags.
5980
5981 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5982 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5983 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5984 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5985 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5986 the client connection was maintained open.
5987
5988 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5989 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5990 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5991 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5992
5993
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059948.5. Session state at disconnection
5995-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005996
5997TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5998"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
59992-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6000each of which has a special meaning :
6001
6002 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6003 session to terminate :
6004
6005 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6006
6007 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6008 server explicitly refused it.
6009
6010 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6011 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6012 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6013 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6014 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6015 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6016
6017 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6018 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6019 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6020 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6021 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6022
6023 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6024 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6025 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6026 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6027 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6028
6029 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6030 send or receive data.
6031
6032 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6033 send or receive data.
6034
6035 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6036 with nothing left in the buffers.
6037
6038 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6039
6040 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6041 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6042
6043 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6044 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6045 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6046 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6047 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6048
6049 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6050 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6051
6052 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6053 server (HTTP only).
6054
6055 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6056
6057 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6058 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6059 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6060
6061 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6062 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6063 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6064
6065 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6066
6067 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6068 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6069
6070 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6071 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6072 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6073
6074 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6075 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6076 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6077
6078 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6079 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6080 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6081 another server.
6082
6083 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6084 server.
6085
6086 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6087
6088 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6089 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6090
6091 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6092
6093 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6094 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6095 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6096
6097 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6098
6099 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6100 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6101
6102 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6103
6104 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6105
6106The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6107happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6108helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6109starvation, attacks, etc...
6110
6111The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6112alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6113easier finding and understanding.
6114
6115 Flags Reason
6116
6117 -- Normal termination.
6118
6119 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6120 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6121 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6122 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6123
6124 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6125 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6126 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6127 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6128 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6129 by the client.
6130
6131 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6132 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6133 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6134
6135 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6136 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6137 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6138
6139 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6140 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6141 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6142 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6143 the server takes too long to respond.
6144
6145 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6146 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6147 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6148 long a time to respond.
6149
6150 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6151 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6152 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6153 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6154 and the client.
6155
6156 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6157 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6158 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6159 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6160 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6161 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6162
6163 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6164 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006165 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6166 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6167 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6168 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006169
6170 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6171 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6172 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6173 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6174 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6175 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6176
6177 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6178 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6179 503 or 504 here.
6180
6181 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6182 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6183 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6184 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6185 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6186
6187 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6188 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6189 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6190 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6191 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6192
6193 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6194 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6195 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6196 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6197 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6198 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6199 between haproxy and the server.
6200
6201 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6202 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6203 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6204 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6205 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6206 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6207 solution is to fix the application.
6208
6209 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6210 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6211 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6212 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6213 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6214 external attacks.
6215
6216 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6217 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6218 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6219 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6220 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6221
6222 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6223 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6224 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6225 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6226 containing unauthorized characters.
6227
6228 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6229 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6230 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6231 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6232
6233 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6234 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6235 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6236 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6237
6238 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6239 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6240 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6241 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6242
6243
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062448.6. Non-printable characters
6245-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006246
6247In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6248consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6249converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6250prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6251being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6252escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6253is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6254'}' when logging headers.
6255
6256Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6257issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6258containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6259
6260Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6261the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6262performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6263
6264
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062658.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6266---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006267
6268Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6269achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006270section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006271cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6272the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6273the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006274locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006275not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6276user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6277a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6278wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6279
6280 Examples :
6281 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6282 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6283
6284 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6285 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6286
6287
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062888.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6289---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006290
6291Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6292proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6293the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6294server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6295
6296Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6297response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006298section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006299
6300It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6301time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6302appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6303are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6304and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6305follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6306request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6307in the logs.
6308
6309 Example :
6310 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6311 listen proxy-out
6312 mode http
6313 option httplog
6314 option logasap
6315 log global
6316 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6317
6318 # log the name of the virtual server
6319 capture request header Host len 20
6320
6321 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6322 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6323
6324 # log the beginning of the referrer
6325 capture request header Referer len 20
6326
6327 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6328 capture response header Server len 20
6329
6330 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6331 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6332
6333 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6334 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6335
6336 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6337 capture response header Via len 20
6338
6339 # log the URL location during a redirection
6340 capture response header Location len 20
6341
6342 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6343 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6344 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6345 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6346 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6347
6348 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6349 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6350 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6351 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6352 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6353
6354 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6355 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6356 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6357 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6358 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6359 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6360
6361
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063628.9. Examples of logs
6363---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006364
6365These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6366them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6367reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6368
6369 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6370 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6371 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6372
6373 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6374 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6375
6376 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6377 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6378 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6379
6380 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6381 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6382
6383 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6384 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6385 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6386
6387 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6388 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6389 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6390 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6391
6392 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6393 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6394 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6395
6396 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6397 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6398 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6399 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6400 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6401 to return the 502 and not the server.
6402
6403 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6404 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6405
6406 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6407 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6408 Nothing was sent to any server.
6409
6410 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6411 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6412
6413 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6414 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6415 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6416 send a 408 return code to the client.
6417
6418 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6419 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6420
6421 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6422 5 seconds ("c----").
6423
6424 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6425 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6426 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6427
6428 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006429 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006430 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6431 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6432 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6433 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6434 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006435
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006436
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064379. Statistics and monitoring
6438----------------------------
6439
6440It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6441mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6442CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6443Unix socket.
6444
6445
64469.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006447---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006448
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006449The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6450page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6451
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006452 0. pxname: proxy name
6453 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6454 for server)
6455 2. qcur: current queued requests
6456 3. qmax: max queued requests
6457 4. scur: current sessions
6458 5. smax: max sessions
6459 6. slim: sessions limit
6460 7. stot: total sessions
6461 8. bin: bytes in
6462 9. bout: bytes out
6463 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006464 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006465 12. ereq: request errors
6466 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006467 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006468 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6469 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6470 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6471 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6472 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6473 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6474 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6475 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6476 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6477 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6478 25. qlimit: queue limit
6479 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6480 27. iid: unique proxy id
6481 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6482 29. throttle: warm up status
6483 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6484 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6485 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006486 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6487 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6488 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006489 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6490 UNK -> unknown
6491 INI -> initializing
6492 SOCKERR -> socket error
6493 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6494 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6495 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6496 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6497 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6498 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6499 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6500 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6501 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6502 disable-on-404
6503 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6504 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6505 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6506 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6507 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006508
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006509
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065109.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006511-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006512
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006513The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006514must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6515is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6516a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6517risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6518followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6519given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6520then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6521to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006522
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006523It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6524on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6525own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006526
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006527help
6528 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6529 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006530
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006531prompt
6532 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6533 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6534 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6535 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6536 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6537 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6538 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6539 command.
6540
6541quit
6542 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006543
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006544show errors [<iid>]
6545 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6546 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6547 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6548
6549 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6550 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6551 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6552 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6553 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6554 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6555 are reported too.
6556
6557 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6558 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6559 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6560 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6561 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6562 code.
6563
6564 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6565 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6566 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6567 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6568 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6569 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6570 line.
6571
6572 Example :
6573 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6574 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6575 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6576 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6577
6578 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6579 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6580 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6581 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6582 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6583 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6584 00204+ minal\r\n
6585 00211 \r\n
6586
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006587 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006588 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6589 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6590 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6591 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6592 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6593 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006594
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006595show info
6596 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6597
6598show sess
6599 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6600 be huge.
6601
6602show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6603 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6604 possible to dump only selected items :
6605 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6606 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6607 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6608 for example:
6609 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6610 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6611 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6612
6613 Example :
6614 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6615 Name: HAProxy
6616 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6617 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6618 Nbproc: 1
6619 Process_num: 1
6620 (...)
6621
6622 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6623 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6624 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6625 (...)
6626 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6627
6628 $
6629
6630 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6631 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6632 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6633 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6634 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6635
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006636/*
6637 * Local variables:
6638 * fill-column: 79
6639 * End:
6640 */